parent
88051e78a2
commit
3ab07f0d93
@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
LUFA Library
|
|
||||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
|
||||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
|
||||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
|
||||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
|
||||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
|
||||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
|
||||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
|
||||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
|
||||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
|
||||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
|
||||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
|
||||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
|
||||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
|
||||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
|
||||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
|
||||||
this software.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** \file
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
|
|
||||||
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
|
|
||||||
* the device's capabilities and functions.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "Descriptors.h"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
|
|
||||||
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
|
|
||||||
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
|
|
||||||
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
|
|
||||||
* more details on HID report descriptors.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
|
|
||||||
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Mouse) */
|
|
||||||
0xA1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
|
|
||||||
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
|
|
||||||
0xA1, 0x00, /* Collection (Application) */
|
|
||||||
0x95, 0x03, /* Report Count (3) */
|
|
||||||
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
|
|
||||||
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
|
|
||||||
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Button 1) */
|
|
||||||
0x29, 0x03, /* Usage Maximum (Button 3) */
|
|
||||||
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
|
|
||||||
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
|
|
||||||
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
|
|
||||||
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
|
|
||||||
0x75, 0x05, /* Report Size (5) */
|
|
||||||
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
|
|
||||||
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
|
|
||||||
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
|
|
||||||
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop Control) */
|
|
||||||
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage X */
|
|
||||||
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage Y */
|
|
||||||
0x15, 0x81, /* Logical Minimum (-127) */
|
|
||||||
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
|
|
||||||
0x81, 0x06, /* Input (Data, Variable, Relative) */
|
|
||||||
0xC0, /* End Collection */
|
|
||||||
0xC0 /* End Collection */
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
|
|
||||||
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
|
|
||||||
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
|
|
||||||
* process begins.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), Type: DTYPE_Device},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
USBSpecification: VERSION_BCD(01.10),
|
|
||||||
Class: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
SubClass: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
Protocol: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Endpoint0Size: 8,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VendorID: 0x03EB,
|
|
||||||
ProductID: 0x2041,
|
|
||||||
ReleaseNumber: 0x0000,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ManufacturerStrIndex: 0x01,
|
|
||||||
ProductStrIndex: 0x02,
|
|
||||||
SerialNumStrIndex: NO_DESCRIPTOR,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NumberOfConfigurations: 1
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
|
|
||||||
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
|
|
||||||
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
|
|
||||||
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Config:
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), Type: DTYPE_Configuration},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TotalConfigurationSize: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
|
|
||||||
TotalInterfaces: 1,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ConfigurationNumber: 1,
|
|
||||||
ConfigurationStrIndex: NO_DESCRIPTOR,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ConfigAttributes: (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MaxPowerConsumption: USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
|
|
||||||
},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Interface:
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), Type: DTYPE_Interface},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
InterfaceNumber: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
AlternateSetting: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TotalEndpoints: 1,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Class: 0x03,
|
|
||||||
SubClass: 0x01,
|
|
||||||
Protocol: 0x02,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
InterfaceStrIndex: NO_DESCRIPTOR
|
|
||||||
},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MouseHID:
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), Type: DTYPE_HID},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDSpec: VERSION_BCD(01.11),
|
|
||||||
CountryCode: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
TotalHIDReports: 0x01,
|
|
||||||
HIDReportType: DTYPE_Report,
|
|
||||||
HIDReportLength: sizeof(MouseReport)
|
|
||||||
},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MouseEndpoint:
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), Type: DTYPE_Endpoint},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EndpointAddress: (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MOUSE_EPNUM),
|
|
||||||
Attributes: EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
|
|
||||||
EndpointSize: MOUSE_EPSIZE,
|
|
||||||
PollingIntervalMS: 0x02
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
|
|
||||||
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
|
|
||||||
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(1), Type: DTYPE_String},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
UnicodeString: {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
|
|
||||||
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
|
|
||||||
* Descriptor.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(11), Type: DTYPE_String},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
UnicodeString: L"Dean Camera"
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
|
|
||||||
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
|
|
||||||
* Descriptor.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(15), Type: DTYPE_String},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
UnicodeString: L"LUFA Mouse Demo"
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see StdDescriptors.h
|
|
||||||
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
|
|
||||||
* to the USB library. When the device recieves a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
|
|
||||||
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
|
|
||||||
* USB host.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
uint16_t USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
|
|
||||||
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void* Address = NULL;
|
|
||||||
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
switch (DescriptorType)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
case DTYPE_Device:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(DeviceDescriptor);
|
|
||||||
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case DTYPE_Configuration:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ConfigurationDescriptor);
|
|
||||||
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case DTYPE_String:
|
|
||||||
switch (DescriptorNumber)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
case 0x00:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(LanguageString);
|
|
||||||
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case 0x01:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ManufacturerString);
|
|
||||||
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case 0x02:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ProductString);
|
|
||||||
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case DTYPE_HID:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ConfigurationDescriptor.MouseHID);
|
|
||||||
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case DTYPE_Report:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(MouseReport);
|
|
||||||
Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
|
|
||||||
return Size;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
LUFA Library
|
|
||||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
|
||||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
|
||||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
|
||||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
|
||||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
|
||||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
|
||||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
|
||||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
|
||||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
|
||||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
|
||||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
|
||||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
|
||||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
|
||||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
|
||||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
|
||||||
this software.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** \file
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
|
|
||||||
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Includes: */
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
|
||||||
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
|
|
||||||
* specification for details on the structure elements.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
typedef struct
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uint16_t HIDSpec;
|
|
||||||
uint8_t CountryCode;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uint8_t TotalHIDReports;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uint8_t HIDReportType;
|
|
||||||
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
|
|
||||||
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
|
|
||||||
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
|
|
||||||
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
|
|
||||||
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
typedef struct
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Interface;
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_HID_t MouseHID;
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MouseEndpoint;
|
|
||||||
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Macros: */
|
|
||||||
/** Endpoint number of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
|
|
||||||
#define MOUSE_EPNUM 1
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
|
|
||||||
#define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
|
|
||||||
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
|
|
||||||
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
|
||||||
uint16_t USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
|
|
||||||
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
|
|
||||||
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
|
|
||||||
# The format is:
|
|
||||||
# TAG = value [value, ...]
|
|
||||||
# For lists items can also be appended using:
|
|
||||||
# TAG += value [value, ...]
|
|
||||||
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Project related configuration options
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
|
|
||||||
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
|
|
||||||
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
|
|
||||||
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
|
|
||||||
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
|
|
||||||
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Device Demo (Fully Interrupt Driven)"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
|
|
||||||
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
|
|
||||||
# if some version control system is used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
|
|
||||||
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
|
|
||||||
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
|
|
||||||
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
|
|
||||||
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
|
|
||||||
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
|
|
||||||
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
|
|
||||||
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
|
|
||||||
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
|
|
||||||
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
|
|
||||||
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
|
|
||||||
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
|
|
||||||
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
|
|
||||||
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
|
|
||||||
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
|
|
||||||
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
|
|
||||||
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
|
|
||||||
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
|
|
||||||
# Set to NO to disable this.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
|
|
||||||
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
|
|
||||||
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
|
|
||||||
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
|
|
||||||
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
|
|
||||||
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
|
|
||||||
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
|
|
||||||
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
|
|
||||||
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
|
|
||||||
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
|
|
||||||
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
|
|
||||||
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
|
|
||||||
"The $name widget" \
|
|
||||||
"The $name file" \
|
|
||||||
is \
|
|
||||||
provides \
|
|
||||||
specifies \
|
|
||||||
contains \
|
|
||||||
represents \
|
|
||||||
a \
|
|
||||||
an \
|
|
||||||
the
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
|
|
||||||
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
|
|
||||||
# description.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
|
|
||||||
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
|
|
||||||
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
|
|
||||||
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
|
|
||||||
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
|
|
||||||
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
|
|
||||||
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
|
|
||||||
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
|
|
||||||
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
|
|
||||||
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
|
|
||||||
# path to strip.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
|
|
||||||
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
|
|
||||||
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
|
|
||||||
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
|
|
||||||
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
|
|
||||||
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
|
|
||||||
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
|
|
||||||
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHORT_NAMES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
|
|
||||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
|
|
||||||
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
|
|
||||||
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
|
|
||||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
|
|
||||||
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
|
|
||||||
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
|
|
||||||
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
|
|
||||||
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
|
|
||||||
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
|
|
||||||
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
|
|
||||||
# re-implements.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
|
|
||||||
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
|
|
||||||
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
|
|
||||||
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
|
|
||||||
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
|
|
||||||
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
|
|
||||||
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
|
|
||||||
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
|
|
||||||
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ALIASES =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
|
|
||||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
|
|
||||||
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
|
|
||||||
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
|
|
||||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
|
||||||
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
|
|
||||||
# scopes will look different, etc.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
|
|
||||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
|
||||||
# Fortran.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
|
|
||||||
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
|
|
||||||
# VHDL.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
|
|
||||||
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
|
|
||||||
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
|
|
||||||
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
|
|
||||||
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
|
|
||||||
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
|
|
||||||
# enable parsing support.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
|
|
||||||
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
|
|
||||||
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
|
|
||||||
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
|
|
||||||
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
|
|
||||||
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
|
|
||||||
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
|
|
||||||
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
|
|
||||||
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
|
|
||||||
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
|
|
||||||
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
|
|
||||||
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
|
|
||||||
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
|
|
||||||
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
|
|
||||||
# the \nosubgrouping command.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
|
|
||||||
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
|
|
||||||
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
|
|
||||||
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
|
|
||||||
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
|
|
||||||
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
|
|
||||||
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
|
|
||||||
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
|
|
||||||
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
|
|
||||||
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
|
|
||||||
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
|
|
||||||
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
|
|
||||||
# causing a significant performance penality.
|
|
||||||
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
|
|
||||||
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
|
|
||||||
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
|
|
||||||
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
|
|
||||||
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
|
||||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Build related configuration options
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
|
|
||||||
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
|
|
||||||
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
|
|
||||||
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
|
|
||||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
|
|
||||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
|
|
||||||
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
|
|
||||||
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
|
|
||||||
# the interface are included in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
|
|
||||||
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
|
|
||||||
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
|
|
||||||
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
|
|
||||||
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
|
||||||
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
|
|
||||||
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
|
|
||||||
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
|
||||||
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
|
|
||||||
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
|
||||||
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
|
|
||||||
# documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
|
|
||||||
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
|
|
||||||
# function's detailed documentation block.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
|
|
||||||
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
|
|
||||||
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
|
|
||||||
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
|
|
||||||
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
|
|
||||||
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
|
|
||||||
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
|
|
||||||
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
|
|
||||||
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
|
|
||||||
# of that file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
|
|
||||||
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
|
|
||||||
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
|
|
||||||
# declaration order.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
|
||||||
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
|
|
||||||
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
|
|
||||||
# declaration order.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
|
||||||
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
|
|
||||||
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
|
|
||||||
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
|
|
||||||
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
|
|
||||||
# not including the namespace part.
|
|
||||||
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
|
|
||||||
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
|
|
||||||
# alphabetical list.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
|
||||||
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
|
|
||||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
|
||||||
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
|
|
||||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
|
||||||
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
|
|
||||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
|
||||||
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
|
|
||||||
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
|
|
||||||
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
|
|
||||||
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
|
|
||||||
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
|
|
||||||
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
|
|
||||||
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
|
|
||||||
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
|
|
||||||
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
|
|
||||||
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
|
|
||||||
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
|
|
||||||
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
|
|
||||||
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
|
|
||||||
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
|
|
||||||
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
|
|
||||||
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
|
|
||||||
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
|
|
||||||
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
|
|
||||||
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
|
|
||||||
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
|
|
||||||
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
|
|
||||||
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
|
|
||||||
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
|
|
||||||
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
|
|
||||||
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
|
|
||||||
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
|
|
||||||
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
|
|
||||||
# of the layout file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
|
|
||||||
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QUIET = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
|
|
||||||
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
|
|
||||||
# NO is used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
|
|
||||||
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
|
|
||||||
# automatically be disabled.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
|
|
||||||
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
|
|
||||||
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
|
|
||||||
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
|
|
||||||
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
|
|
||||||
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
|
|
||||||
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
|
|
||||||
# documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
|
|
||||||
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
|
|
||||||
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
|
|
||||||
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
|
|
||||||
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
|
|
||||||
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
|
|
||||||
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
|
|
||||||
# to stderr.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the input files
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
|
|
||||||
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
|
|
||||||
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
|
|
||||||
# with spaces.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INPUT = ./
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
|
|
||||||
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
|
|
||||||
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
|
|
||||||
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
|
|
||||||
# the list of possible encodings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
|
||||||
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
|
||||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
|
||||||
# blank the following patterns are tested:
|
|
||||||
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
|
|
||||||
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
|
|
||||||
*.c \
|
|
||||||
*.txt
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
|
|
||||||
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
|
|
||||||
# If left blank NO is used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
RECURSIVE = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
|
|
||||||
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
|
|
||||||
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXCLUDE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
|
|
||||||
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
|
|
||||||
# from the input.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
|
||||||
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
|
|
||||||
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
|
|
||||||
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
|
|
||||||
# for example use the pattern */test/*
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
|
|
||||||
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
|
|
||||||
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
|
|
||||||
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
|
|
||||||
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
|
||||||
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
|
|
||||||
# the \include command).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
|
|
||||||
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
|
||||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
|
||||||
# blank all files are included.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
|
|
||||||
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
|
|
||||||
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
|
|
||||||
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
|
||||||
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
|
|
||||||
# the \image command).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
|
|
||||||
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
|
|
||||||
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
|
|
||||||
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
|
|
||||||
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
|
|
||||||
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
|
|
||||||
# ignored.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
|
|
||||||
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
|
|
||||||
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
|
|
||||||
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
|
|
||||||
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
|
|
||||||
# is applied to all files.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
|
|
||||||
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
|
|
||||||
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to source browsing
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
|
|
||||||
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
|
|
||||||
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
|
|
||||||
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
|
|
||||||
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
|
|
||||||
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
|
|
||||||
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
|
||||||
# then for each documented function all documented
|
|
||||||
# functions referencing it will be listed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
|
||||||
# then for each documented function all documented entities
|
|
||||||
# called/used by that function will be listed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
|
|
||||||
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
|
|
||||||
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
|
|
||||||
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
|
|
||||||
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
|
|
||||||
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
|
|
||||||
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
|
|
||||||
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
|
|
||||||
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
|
|
||||||
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
|
|
||||||
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
|
|
||||||
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
|
|
||||||
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
|
|
||||||
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
|
|
||||||
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
|
|
||||||
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the HTML output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate HTML output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_HTML = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
|
||||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
|
|
||||||
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
|
|
||||||
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
|
|
||||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
|
||||||
# standard header.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
|
|
||||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
|
||||||
# standard footer.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
|
|
||||||
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
|
|
||||||
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
|
|
||||||
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
|
|
||||||
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
|
|
||||||
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
|
|
||||||
# NO a bullet list will be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
|
||||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
|
||||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
|
||||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
|
||||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
|
||||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
|
|
||||||
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
|
|
||||||
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
|
|
||||||
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
|
|
||||||
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
|
|
||||||
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
|
|
||||||
# it at startup.
|
|
||||||
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
|
|
||||||
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
|
|
||||||
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
|
|
||||||
# can be grouped.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
|
|
||||||
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
|
|
||||||
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will append .docset to the name.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
|
||||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
|
||||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
|
||||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
|
|
||||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
|
|
||||||
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
|
|
||||||
# written to the html output directory.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CHM_FILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
|
|
||||||
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
|
|
||||||
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
|
|
||||||
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
|
|
||||||
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
|
|
||||||
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
|
|
||||||
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
|
|
||||||
# content.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
|
|
||||||
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
|
|
||||||
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
|
|
||||||
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TOC_EXPAND = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
|
|
||||||
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
|
|
||||||
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
|
|
||||||
# HTML documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
|
|
||||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
|
|
||||||
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QCH_FILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
|
||||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
|
||||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
|
||||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
|
||||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
|
|
||||||
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
|
|
||||||
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
|
|
||||||
# .qhp file .
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
|
|
||||||
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
|
|
||||||
# the value YES disables it.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
|
|
||||||
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
|
|
||||||
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
|
|
||||||
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
|
|
||||||
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
|
||||||
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
|
|
||||||
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
|
|
||||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
|
|
||||||
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
|
|
||||||
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
|
|
||||||
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
|
|
||||||
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
|
|
||||||
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
|
|
||||||
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
|
|
||||||
# respectively.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
|
|
||||||
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
|
|
||||||
# is shown.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
|
|
||||||
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
|
|
||||||
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
|
|
||||||
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
|
|
||||||
# to force them to be regenerated.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate Latex output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
|
||||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
|
|
||||||
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
|
|
||||||
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
|
|
||||||
# default command name.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
|
||||||
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
|
||||||
# save some trees in general.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
|
|
||||||
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
|
|
||||||
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
|
|
||||||
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
|
|
||||||
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
|
|
||||||
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
|
||||||
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
|
|
||||||
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
|
|
||||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
|
|
||||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
|
|
||||||
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
|
|
||||||
# higher quality PDF documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
|
|
||||||
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
|
|
||||||
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
|
|
||||||
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
|
|
||||||
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
|
|
||||||
# in the output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the RTF output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
|
|
||||||
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
|
|
||||||
# other RTF readers or editors.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
|
||||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
|
||||||
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
|
||||||
# save some trees in general.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
|
|
||||||
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
|
|
||||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
|
|
||||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
|
|
||||||
# programs which support those fields.
|
|
||||||
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
|
|
||||||
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
|
|
||||||
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
|
|
||||||
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the man page output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate man pages
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_MAN = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
|
||||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAN_OUTPUT = man
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
|
|
||||||
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
|
|
||||||
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
|
|
||||||
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
|
|
||||||
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
|
|
||||||
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the XML output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
|
|
||||||
# the code including all documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
|
||||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
|
|
||||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
|
||||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
XML_SCHEMA =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
|
|
||||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
|
||||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
XML_DTD =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
|
|
||||||
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
|
|
||||||
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
|
|
||||||
# that captures the structure of the code including all
|
|
||||||
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
|
|
||||||
# and incomplete at the moment.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
|
|
||||||
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
|
|
||||||
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
|
|
||||||
# moment.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
|
|
||||||
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
|
|
||||||
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
|
|
||||||
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
|
|
||||||
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
|
|
||||||
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
|
|
||||||
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
|
|
||||||
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
|
|
||||||
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
|
|
||||||
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
|
|
||||||
# files.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
|
|
||||||
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
|
|
||||||
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
|
|
||||||
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
|
|
||||||
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
|
|
||||||
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
|
|
||||||
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
|
||||||
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
|
|
||||||
# the preprocessor.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INCLUDE_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
|
|
||||||
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
|
|
||||||
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
|
|
||||||
# be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
|
|
||||||
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
|
|
||||||
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
|
|
||||||
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
|
|
||||||
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
|
|
||||||
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
|
|
||||||
# instead of the = operator.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
|
|
||||||
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
|
|
||||||
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
|
|
||||||
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
|
|
||||||
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
|
|
||||||
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
|
|
||||||
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
|
|
||||||
# the parser if not removed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Configuration::additions related to external references
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
|
|
||||||
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
|
|
||||||
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
|
|
||||||
# this location is as follows:
|
|
||||||
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
|
|
||||||
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
|
|
||||||
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
|
|
||||||
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
|
|
||||||
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
|
|
||||||
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
|
|
||||||
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
|
|
||||||
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
|
|
||||||
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
|
|
||||||
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TAGFILES =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
|
|
||||||
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
|
|
||||||
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
|
|
||||||
# will be listed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
|
|
||||||
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
|
|
||||||
# be listed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
|
|
||||||
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
|
|
||||||
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
|
|
||||||
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
|
|
||||||
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
|
|
||||||
# powerful graphs.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
|
|
||||||
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
|
|
||||||
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
|
|
||||||
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
|
|
||||||
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
|
|
||||||
# default search path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MSCGEN_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
|
|
||||||
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
|
|
||||||
# or is not a class.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
|
|
||||||
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
|
|
||||||
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
|
|
||||||
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
|
|
||||||
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
|
|
||||||
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
|
|
||||||
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
|
|
||||||
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
|
|
||||||
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
|
|
||||||
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
|
|
||||||
# containing the font.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
|
|
||||||
# The default size is 10pt.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
|
|
||||||
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
|
|
||||||
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
|
|
||||||
# can find it using this tag.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
|
||||||
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
|
|
||||||
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
|
||||||
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
|
|
||||||
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
|
|
||||||
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
|
|
||||||
# Language.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
|
|
||||||
# relations between templates and their instances.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
|
|
||||||
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
|
|
||||||
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
|
|
||||||
# other documented files.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
|
|
||||||
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
|
|
||||||
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
|
|
||||||
# indirectly include this file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
|
|
||||||
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
|
|
||||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
|
||||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
|
|
||||||
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
|
|
||||||
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
|
|
||||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
|
||||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
|
|
||||||
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
|
|
||||||
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
|
|
||||||
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
|
|
||||||
# relations between the files in the directories.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
|
|
||||||
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
|
|
||||||
# If left blank png will be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
|
|
||||||
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
|
||||||
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
|
|
||||||
# \dotfile command).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
|
||||||
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
|
|
||||||
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
|
|
||||||
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
|
|
||||||
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
|
|
||||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
|
|
||||||
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
|
|
||||||
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
|
|
||||||
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
|
|
||||||
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
|
|
||||||
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
|
|
||||||
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
|
|
||||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
|
|
||||||
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
|
|
||||||
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
|
|
||||||
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
|
|
||||||
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
|
|
||||||
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
|
|
||||||
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
|
|
||||||
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
|
|
||||||
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
|
|
||||||
# the various graphs.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
|
|
||||||
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
|
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
<AVRStudio><MANAGEMENT><ProjectName>MouseFullInt</ProjectName><Created>30-Sep-2008 14:14:25</Created><LastEdit>30-Sep-2008 14:14:39</LastEdit><ICON>241</ICON><ProjectType>0</ProjectType><Created>30-Sep-2008 14:14:25</Created><Version>4</Version><Build>4, 14, 0, 589</Build><ProjectTypeName>AVR GCC</ProjectTypeName></MANAGEMENT><CODE_CREATION><ObjectFile></ObjectFile><EntryFile></EntryFile><SaveFolder>C:\Users\Dean\Documents\Electronics\Projects\WORK\MyUSBWORK\Demos\MouseFullInt\</SaveFolder></CODE_CREATION><DEBUG_TARGET><CURRENT_TARGET></CURRENT_TARGET><CURRENT_PART></CURRENT_PART><BREAKPOINTS></BREAKPOINTS><IO_EXPAND><HIDE>false</HIDE></IO_EXPAND><REGISTERNAMES><Register>R00</Register><Register>R01</Register><Register>R02</Register><Register>R03</Register><Register>R04</Register><Register>R05</Register><Register>R06</Register><Register>R07</Register><Register>R08</Register><Register>R09</Register><Register>R10</Register><Register>R11</Register><Register>R12</Register><Register>R13</Register><Register>R14</Register><Register>R15</Register><Register>R16</Register><Register>R17</Register><Register>R18</Register><Register>R19</Register><Register>R20</Register><Register>R21</Register><Register>R22</Register><Register>R23</Register><Register>R24</Register><Register>R25</Register><Register>R26</Register><Register>R27</Register><Register>R28</Register><Register>R29</Register><Register>R30</Register><Register>R31</Register></REGISTERNAMES><COM>Auto</COM><COMType>0</COMType><WATCHNUM>0</WATCHNUM><WATCHNAMES><Pane0></Pane0><Pane1></Pane1><Pane2></Pane2><Pane3></Pane3></WATCHNAMES><BreakOnTrcaeFull>0</BreakOnTrcaeFull></DEBUG_TARGET><Debugger><Triggers></Triggers></Debugger><AVRGCCPLUGIN><FILES><SOURCEFILE>Descriptors.c</SOURCEFILE><SOURCEFILE>MouseFullInt.c</SOURCEFILE><HEADERFILE>Descriptors.h</HEADERFILE><HEADERFILE>MouseFullInt.h</HEADERFILE><OTHERFILE>makefile</OTHERFILE></FILES><CONFIGS><CONFIG><NAME>default</NAME><USESEXTERNALMAKEFILE>YES</USESEXTERNALMAKEFILE><EXTERNALMAKEFILE>makefile</EXTERNALMAKEFILE><PART>atmega128</PART><HEX>1</HEX><LIST>1</LIST><MAP>1</MAP><OUTPUTFILENAME>MouseFullInt.elf</OUTPUTFILENAME><OUTPUTDIR>default\</OUTPUTDIR><ISDIRTY>1</ISDIRTY><OPTIONS/><INCDIRS/><LIBDIRS/><LIBS/><LINKOBJECTS/><OPTIONSFORALL>-Wall -gdwarf-2 -std=gnu99 -Os -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -fpack-struct -fshort-enums</OPTIONSFORALL><LINKEROPTIONS></LINKEROPTIONS><SEGMENTS/></CONFIG></CONFIGS><LASTCONFIG>default</LASTCONFIG><USES_WINAVR>1</USES_WINAVR><GCC_LOC>C:\WinAVR-20080512\bin\avr-gcc.exe</GCC_LOC><MAKE_LOC>C:\WinAVR-20080512\utils\bin\make.exe</MAKE_LOC></AVRGCCPLUGIN><IOView><usergroups/><sort sorted="0" column="0" ordername="0" orderaddress="0" ordergroup="0"/></IOView><Files></Files><Events><Bookmarks></Bookmarks></Events><Trace><Filters></Filters></Trace></AVRStudio>
|
|
@ -1,409 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
LUFA Library
|
|
||||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
|
||||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
|
||||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
|
||||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
|
||||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
|
||||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
|
||||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
|
||||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
|
||||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
|
||||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
|
||||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
|
||||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
|
||||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
|
||||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
|
||||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
|
||||||
this software.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** \file
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* Main source file for the MouseFullInt demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
|
|
||||||
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "MouseFullInt.h"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Project Tags, for reading out using the ButtLoad project */
|
|
||||||
BUTTLOADTAG(ProjName, "LUFA MouseFI App");
|
|
||||||
BUTTLOADTAG(BuildTime, __TIME__);
|
|
||||||
BUTTLOADTAG(BuildDate, __DATE__);
|
|
||||||
BUTTLOADTAG(LUFAVersion, "LUFA V" LUFA_VERSION_STRING);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Global Variables */
|
|
||||||
/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, false for special boot
|
|
||||||
* protocol reporting mode.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
|
|
||||||
* for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user moves the mouse).
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
uint8_t IdleCount = 0;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
|
|
||||||
* milliseconds. This is seperate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
|
|
||||||
* the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
|
|
||||||
* starts the scheduler to run the USB management task.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
int main(void)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
|
|
||||||
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
|
|
||||||
wdt_disable();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Disable clock division */
|
|
||||||
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Hardware Initialization */
|
|
||||||
Joystick_Init();
|
|
||||||
LEDs_Init();
|
|
||||||
HWB_Init();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Millisecond timer initialization, with output compare interrupt enabled for the idle timing */
|
|
||||||
OCR0A = 0x7D;
|
|
||||||
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
|
|
||||||
TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00));
|
|
||||||
TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Indicate USB not ready */
|
|
||||||
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Initialize USB Subsystem */
|
|
||||||
USB_Init();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Main program code loop */
|
|
||||||
for (;;)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* No main code -- all USB code is interrupt driven */
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
|
|
||||||
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
EVENT_HANDLER(USB_Connect)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
|
|
||||||
UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Default to report protocol on connect */
|
|
||||||
UsingReportProtocol = true;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Event handler for the USB_Reset event. This fires when the USB interface is reset by the USB host, before the
|
|
||||||
* enumeration process begins, and enables the control endpoint interrupt so that control requests can be handled
|
|
||||||
* asynchronously when they arrive rather than when the control endpoint is polled manually.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
EVENT_HANDLER(USB_Reset)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Select the control endpoint */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Enable the endpoint SETUP interrupt ISR for the control endpoint */
|
|
||||||
USB_INT_Enable(ENDPOINT_INT_SETUP);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
|
|
||||||
* the status LEDs.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
EVENT_HANDLER(USB_Disconnect)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Indicate USB not ready */
|
|
||||||
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
|
|
||||||
* of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the mouse device endpoints.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
EVENT_HANDLER(USB_ConfigurationChanged)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Setup Mouse Report Endpoint */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
|
|
||||||
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, MOUSE_EPSIZE,
|
|
||||||
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Enable the endpoint IN interrupt ISR for the report endpoint */
|
|
||||||
USB_INT_Enable(ENDPOINT_INT_IN);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
|
|
||||||
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
|
|
||||||
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
|
|
||||||
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
EVENT_HANDLER(USB_UnhandledControlPacket)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
|
|
||||||
switch (bRequest)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
case REQ_GetReport:
|
|
||||||
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
|
|
||||||
GetNextReport(&MouseReportData);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Ignore report type and ID number value */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Discard_Word();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Ignore unused Interface number value */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Discard_Word();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Read in the number of bytes in the report to send to the host */
|
|
||||||
uint16_t wLength = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* If trying to send more bytes than exist to the host, clamp the value at the report size */
|
|
||||||
if (wLength > sizeof(MouseReportData))
|
|
||||||
wLength = sizeof(MouseReportData);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, wLength);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
|
|
||||||
memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case REQ_GetProtocol:
|
|
||||||
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Write_Byte(UsingReportProtocol);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Send the flag to the host */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Acknowledge status stage */
|
|
||||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()));
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case REQ_SetProtocol:
|
|
||||||
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Read in the wValue parameter containing the new protocol mode */
|
|
||||||
uint16_t wValue = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
|
|
||||||
UsingReportProtocol = (wValue != 0x0000);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Acknowledge status stage */
|
|
||||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case REQ_SetIdle:
|
|
||||||
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Read in the wValue parameter containing the idle period */
|
|
||||||
uint16_t wValue = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Get idle period in MSB */
|
|
||||||
IdleCount = (wValue >> 8);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Acknowledge status stage */
|
|
||||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case REQ_GetIdle:
|
|
||||||
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Write the current idle duration to the host */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Write_Byte(IdleCount);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Send the flag to the host */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Acknowledge status stage */
|
|
||||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()));
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** ISR for the timer 0 compare vector. This ISR fires once each millisecond, and increments the
|
|
||||||
* scheduler elapsed idle period counter when the host has set an idle period.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
|
|
||||||
if (IdleMSRemaining)
|
|
||||||
IdleMSRemaining--;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* \param ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* \return Boolean true if the new report differs from the last report, false otherwise
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
bool GetNextReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* ReportData)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
static uint8_t PrevJoyStatus = 0;
|
|
||||||
static bool PrevHWBStatus = false;
|
|
||||||
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
|
|
||||||
bool InputChanged = false;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Clear the report contents */
|
|
||||||
memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t));
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
|
|
||||||
ReportData->Y = -1;
|
|
||||||
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
|
|
||||||
ReportData->Y = 1;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
|
|
||||||
ReportData->X = 1;
|
|
||||||
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
|
|
||||||
ReportData->X = -1;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
|
|
||||||
ReportData->Button = (1 << 0);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (HWB_GetStatus())
|
|
||||||
ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Check if the new report is different to the previous report */
|
|
||||||
InputChanged = ((uint8_t)(PrevJoyStatus ^ JoyStatus_LCL) | (uint8_t)(HWB_GetStatus() ^ PrevHWBStatus));
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Save the current joystick and HWB status for later comparison */
|
|
||||||
PrevJoyStatus = JoyStatus_LCL;
|
|
||||||
PrevHWBStatus = HWB_GetStatus();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Return whether the new report is different to the previous report or not */
|
|
||||||
return InputChanged;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
|
|
||||||
* log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the MouseFullInt_StatusCodes_t enum
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
|
|
||||||
switch (CurrentStatus)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
case Status_USBNotReady:
|
|
||||||
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case Status_USBEnumerating:
|
|
||||||
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case Status_USBReady:
|
|
||||||
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
|
|
||||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** ISR for the general Pipe/Endpoint interrupt vector. This ISR fires when an endpoint's status changes (such as
|
|
||||||
* a packet has been received) on an endpoint with its corresponding ISR enabling bits set. This is used to send
|
|
||||||
* HID packets to the host each time the HID interrupt endpoints polling period elapses, as managed by the USB
|
|
||||||
* controller. It is also used to respond to standard and class specific requests send to the device on the control
|
|
||||||
* endpoint, by handing them off to the LUFA library when they are received.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
ISR(ENDPOINT_PIPE_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Check if the control endpoint has received a request */
|
|
||||||
if (Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Clear the endpoint interrupt */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearEndpointInterrupt(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Process the control request */
|
|
||||||
USB_USBTask();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Handshake the endpoint setup interrupt - must be after the call to USB_USBTask() */
|
|
||||||
USB_INT_Clear(ENDPOINT_INT_SETUP);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Check if mouse endpoint has interrupted */
|
|
||||||
if (Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(MOUSE_EPNUM))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
|
|
||||||
bool SendReport = true;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_EPNUM);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Clear the endpoint IN interrupt flag */
|
|
||||||
USB_INT_Clear(ENDPOINT_INT_IN);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Clear the Mouse Report endpoint interrupt and select the endpoint */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearEndpointInterrupt(MOUSE_EPNUM);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
|
|
||||||
GetNextReport(&MouseReportData);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Check if the idle period is set*/
|
|
||||||
if (IdleCount)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Determine if the idle period has elapsed */
|
|
||||||
if (!(IdleMSRemaining))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Reset the idle time remaining counter, must multiply by 4 to get the duration in milliseconds */
|
|
||||||
IdleMSRemaining = (IdleCount << 2);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
else
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Idle period not elapsed, indicate that a report must not be sent */
|
|
||||||
SendReport = false;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Check to see if a report should be issued */
|
|
||||||
if (SendReport)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Write Mouse Report Data */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData));
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
LUFA Library
|
|
||||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
|
||||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
|
||||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
|
||||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
|
||||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
|
||||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
|
||||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
|
||||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
|
||||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
|
||||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
|
||||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
|
||||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
|
||||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
|
||||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
|
||||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
|
||||||
this software.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** \file
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* Header file for MouseFullInt.c.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
|
|
||||||
#define _MOUSE_H_
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Includes: */
|
|
||||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
|
||||||
#include <avr/wdt.h>
|
|
||||||
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
|
|
||||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
|
||||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
|
||||||
#include <string.h>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "Descriptors.h"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Common/ButtLoadTag.h> // PROGMEM tags readable by the ButtLoad project
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h> // Joystick driver
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h> // Hardware Button driver
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Macros: */
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to get the idle timeout period of the device. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_GetIdle 0x02
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to send the next HID report to the device. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to set the idle timeout period of the device. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_SetIdle 0x0A
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to get the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_GetProtocol 0x03
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to set the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
|
||||||
/** Type define for the mouse HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
|
|
||||||
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
typedef struct
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed mouse buttons */
|
|
||||||
int8_t X; /**< Current mouse delta X movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
|
|
||||||
int8_t Y; /**< Current mouse delta Y movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
|
|
||||||
} USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Enums: */
|
|
||||||
/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
|
|
||||||
enum MouseFullInt_StatusCodes_t
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB host) */
|
|
||||||
Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
|
|
||||||
Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Event Handlers: */
|
|
||||||
/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_Connect event when thrown by the library. */
|
|
||||||
HANDLES_EVENT(USB_Connect);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_Disconnect event when thrown by the library. */
|
|
||||||
HANDLES_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_Reset event when thrown by the library. */
|
|
||||||
HANDLES_EVENT(USB_Reset);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_ConfigurationChanged event when thrown by the library. */
|
|
||||||
HANDLES_EVENT(USB_ConfigurationChanged);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event when thrown by the library. */
|
|
||||||
HANDLES_EVENT(USB_UnhandledControlPacket);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
|
||||||
bool GetNextReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* ReportData);
|
|
||||||
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
/** \file
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
|
|
||||||
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** \mainpage Fully Interrupt Driven Mouse Device Demo
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* Mouse demonstration application, using endpoint interrupts for the
|
|
||||||
* exchange of data to the USB host, and control requests on the control
|
|
||||||
* endpoint. This gives a simple reference application for implementing a
|
|
||||||
* USB Mouse using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no
|
|
||||||
* special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works
|
|
||||||
* under compatible BIOS as if it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* On startup the system will automatically enumerate and function
|
|
||||||
* as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
|
|
||||||
* the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
|
|
||||||
* joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
|
|
||||||
* the right mouse button.
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* <table>
|
|
||||||
* <tr>
|
|
||||||
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
|
|
||||||
* <td>Device</td>
|
|
||||||
* </tr>
|
|
||||||
* <tr>
|
|
||||||
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
|
|
||||||
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
|
|
||||||
* </tr>
|
|
||||||
* <tr>
|
|
||||||
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
|
|
||||||
* <td>N/A</td>
|
|
||||||
* </tr>
|
|
||||||
* <tr>
|
|
||||||
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
|
|
||||||
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
|
|
||||||
* </tr>
|
|
||||||
* <tr>
|
|
||||||
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
|
|
||||||
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
|
|
||||||
* </tr>
|
|
||||||
* </table>
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
@ -1,725 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
|
||||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
|
||||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
|
||||||
# Peter Fleury
|
|
||||||
# Tim Henigan
|
|
||||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
|
||||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
|
||||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
|
||||||
# Sander Pool
|
|
||||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
|
||||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
|
||||||
# Dean Camera
|
|
||||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
|
||||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# On command line:
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make all = Make software.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
|
||||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
|
||||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
|
||||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
|
||||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
|
||||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
|
||||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
|
||||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
|
||||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
|
||||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# MCU name
|
|
||||||
MCU = at90usb1287
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Target board (see library BoardTypes.h documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
|
|
||||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
|
||||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
|
||||||
BOARD = USBKEY
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Processor frequency.
|
|
||||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
|
||||||
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
|
||||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
|
||||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
|
||||||
# Typical values are:
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 1000000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 1843200
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 2000000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 3686400
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 4000000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 7372800
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 8000000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 11059200
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 14745600
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 16000000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 18432000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 20000000
|
|
||||||
F_CPU = 8000000
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
|
||||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
|
|
||||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
|
|
||||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
|
||||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
|
||||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
|
||||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
|
||||||
# source code.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
|
||||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
|
||||||
F_CLOCK = 8000000
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
|
||||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
|
||||||
TARGET = MouseFullInt
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Object files directory
|
|
||||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
|
||||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
|
||||||
OBJDIR = .
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
|
||||||
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
|
|
||||||
Descriptors.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/StdDescriptors.c \
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
|
||||||
CPPSRC =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
|
||||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
|
||||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
|
||||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
|
||||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
|
||||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
|
||||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
|
||||||
ASRC =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
|
||||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
|
||||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
|
||||||
OPT = s
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Debugging format.
|
|
||||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
|
||||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
|
||||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
|
||||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
|
||||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
|
||||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
|
||||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
|
||||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = ../../
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
|
||||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
|
||||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
|
||||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
|
||||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
|
||||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
|
||||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
|
||||||
CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_DEVICE_ONLY
|
|
||||||
CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED)"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
|
||||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
|
||||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
|
||||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
|
||||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
|
||||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
|
||||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
|
||||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
|
||||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
|
||||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
|
||||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
|
||||||
#CFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
|
||||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
|
||||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
|
||||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
|
||||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
|
||||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
|
||||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
|
||||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
|
||||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
|
||||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
|
||||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
|
||||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
|
||||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
|
||||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
|
||||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
|
||||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
|
||||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
|
||||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
|
||||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
|
||||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
|
||||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
|
||||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
|
||||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
|
||||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
|
||||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
|
||||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
|
||||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
|
||||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
|
||||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
|
||||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
|
||||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
|
||||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
|
||||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
|
||||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
|
||||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
|
||||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
|
||||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
|
||||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
|
||||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
|
||||||
# -Map: create map file
|
|
||||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
|
||||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
|
|
||||||
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
|
||||||
# to get a full listing.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
|
||||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
|
||||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
|
||||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
|
||||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
|
||||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
|
||||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
|
||||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
|
||||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
|
||||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
|
||||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
|
||||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
|
||||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
|
||||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
|
||||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
|
||||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
|
||||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
|
||||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
|
||||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
|
||||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#============================================================================
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
|
||||||
SHELL = sh
|
|
||||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
|
||||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
|
||||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
|
||||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
|
||||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
|
||||||
NM = avr-nm
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
|
||||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
|
||||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
|
||||||
COPY = cp
|
|
||||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Define Messages
|
|
||||||
# English
|
|
||||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
|
||||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
|
||||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
|
||||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
|
||||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
|
||||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
|
||||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
|
||||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
|
||||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
|
||||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
|
||||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
|
||||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
|
||||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
|
||||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
|
||||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
|
||||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
|
||||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Define all object files.
|
|
||||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Define all listing files.
|
|
||||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
|
||||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
|
||||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
|
||||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
|
||||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
|
||||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Default target.
|
|
||||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
|
||||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
|
||||||
#build: lib
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
|
||||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
|
||||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
|
||||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Eye candy.
|
|
||||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
|
||||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
|
||||||
begin:
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
end:
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Display size of file.
|
|
||||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
|
||||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
sizebefore:
|
|
||||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
|
||||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
sizeafter:
|
|
||||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
|
||||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
checkhooks: build
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
|
|
||||||
@$(shell) (grep -s '^Event.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
|
|
||||||
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
|
|
||||||
echo "(None)"
|
|
||||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
checklibmode:
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
|
|
||||||
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
|
|
||||||
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|
|
||||||
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
|
|
||||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
checkboard:
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
|
|
||||||
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
|
|
||||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
|
||||||
gccversion :
|
|
||||||
@$(CC) --version
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Program the device.
|
|
||||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
|
||||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
|
||||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
|
||||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
|
||||||
gdb-config:
|
|
||||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
|
||||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
endif
|
|
||||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
|
||||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
|
||||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
|
||||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
|
||||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
else
|
|
||||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
|
||||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
|
||||||
endif
|
|
||||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
|
||||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
|
||||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
|
||||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
|
||||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
|
||||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
|
||||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
|
||||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
|
||||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
|
||||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
|
||||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
|
||||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
|
||||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
|
||||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
|
||||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
|
||||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create library from object files.
|
|
||||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
|
||||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
|
||||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
|
||||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
|
||||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
|
||||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
|
||||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
|
||||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
|
||||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
|
||||||
%.s : %.c
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
|
||||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
|
||||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
|
||||||
%.i : %.c
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Target: clean project.
|
|
||||||
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
clean_binary:
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
clean_list:
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
doxygen:
|
|
||||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
|
|
||||||
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
|
|
||||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
clean_doxygen:
|
|
||||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create object files directory
|
|
||||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
|
||||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
|
||||||
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
|
|
||||||
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
|
||||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
|
|
||||||
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
|
|
||||||
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
|
|
@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
LUFA Library
|
|
||||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
|
||||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
|
||||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
|
||||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
|
||||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
|
||||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
|
||||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
|
||||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
|
||||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
|
||||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
|
||||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
|
||||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
|
||||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
|
||||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
|
||||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
|
||||||
this software.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** \file
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
|
|
||||||
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
|
|
||||||
* the device's capabilities and functions.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "Descriptors.h"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
|
|
||||||
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
|
|
||||||
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
|
|
||||||
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
|
|
||||||
* more details on HID report descriptors.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
|
|
||||||
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Mouse) */
|
|
||||||
0xA1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
|
|
||||||
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
|
|
||||||
0xA1, 0x00, /* Collection (Application) */
|
|
||||||
0x95, 0x03, /* Report Count (3) */
|
|
||||||
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
|
|
||||||
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
|
|
||||||
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Button 1) */
|
|
||||||
0x29, 0x03, /* Usage Maximum (Button 3) */
|
|
||||||
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
|
|
||||||
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
|
|
||||||
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
|
|
||||||
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
|
|
||||||
0x75, 0x05, /* Report Size (5) */
|
|
||||||
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
|
|
||||||
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
|
|
||||||
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
|
|
||||||
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop Control) */
|
|
||||||
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage X */
|
|
||||||
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage Y */
|
|
||||||
0x15, 0x81, /* Logical Minimum (-127) */
|
|
||||||
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
|
|
||||||
0x81, 0x06, /* Input (Data, Variable, Relative) */
|
|
||||||
0xC0, /* End Collection */
|
|
||||||
0xC0 /* End Collection */
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
|
|
||||||
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
|
|
||||||
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
|
|
||||||
* process begins.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), Type: DTYPE_Device},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
USBSpecification: VERSION_BCD(01.10),
|
|
||||||
Class: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
SubClass: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
Protocol: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Endpoint0Size: 8,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VendorID: 0x03EB,
|
|
||||||
ProductID: 0x2041,
|
|
||||||
ReleaseNumber: 0x0000,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ManufacturerStrIndex: 0x01,
|
|
||||||
ProductStrIndex: 0x02,
|
|
||||||
SerialNumStrIndex: NO_DESCRIPTOR,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NumberOfConfigurations: 1
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
|
|
||||||
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
|
|
||||||
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
|
|
||||||
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Config:
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), Type: DTYPE_Configuration},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TotalConfigurationSize: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
|
|
||||||
TotalInterfaces: 1,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ConfigurationNumber: 1,
|
|
||||||
ConfigurationStrIndex: NO_DESCRIPTOR,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ConfigAttributes: (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MaxPowerConsumption: USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
|
|
||||||
},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Interface:
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), Type: DTYPE_Interface},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
InterfaceNumber: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
AlternateSetting: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TotalEndpoints: 1,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Class: 0x03,
|
|
||||||
SubClass: 0x01,
|
|
||||||
Protocol: 0x02,
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
InterfaceStrIndex: NO_DESCRIPTOR
|
|
||||||
},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MouseHID:
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), Type: DTYPE_HID},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDSpec: VERSION_BCD(01.11),
|
|
||||||
CountryCode: 0x00,
|
|
||||||
TotalHIDReports: 0x01,
|
|
||||||
HIDReportType: DTYPE_Report,
|
|
||||||
HIDReportLength: sizeof(MouseReport)
|
|
||||||
},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MouseEndpoint:
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), Type: DTYPE_Endpoint},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EndpointAddress: (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MOUSE_EPNUM),
|
|
||||||
Attributes: EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
|
|
||||||
EndpointSize: MOUSE_EPSIZE,
|
|
||||||
PollingIntervalMS: 0x02
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
|
|
||||||
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
|
|
||||||
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(1), Type: DTYPE_String},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
UnicodeString: {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
|
|
||||||
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
|
|
||||||
* Descriptor.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(11), Type: DTYPE_String},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
UnicodeString: L"Dean Camera"
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
|
|
||||||
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
|
|
||||||
* Descriptor.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Header: {Size: USB_STRING_LEN(15), Type: DTYPE_String},
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
UnicodeString: L"LUFA Mouse Demo"
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see StdDescriptors.h
|
|
||||||
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
|
|
||||||
* to the USB library. When the device recieves a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
|
|
||||||
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
|
|
||||||
* USB host.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
uint16_t USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
|
|
||||||
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void* Address = NULL;
|
|
||||||
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
switch (DescriptorType)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
case DTYPE_Device:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(DeviceDescriptor);
|
|
||||||
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case DTYPE_Configuration:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ConfigurationDescriptor);
|
|
||||||
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case DTYPE_String:
|
|
||||||
switch (DescriptorNumber)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
case 0x00:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(LanguageString);
|
|
||||||
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case 0x01:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ManufacturerString);
|
|
||||||
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case 0x02:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ProductString);
|
|
||||||
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case DTYPE_HID:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(ConfigurationDescriptor.MouseHID);
|
|
||||||
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case DTYPE_Report:
|
|
||||||
Address = DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS(MouseReport);
|
|
||||||
Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
|
|
||||||
return Size;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
LUFA Library
|
|
||||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
|
||||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
|
||||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
|
||||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
|
||||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
|
||||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
|
||||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
|
||||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
|
||||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
|
||||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
|
||||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
|
||||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
|
||||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
|
||||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
|
||||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
|
||||||
this software.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** \file
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
|
|
||||||
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Includes: */
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
|
||||||
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
|
|
||||||
* specification for details on the structure elements.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
typedef struct
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uint16_t HIDSpec;
|
|
||||||
uint8_t CountryCode;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uint8_t TotalHIDReports;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uint8_t HIDReportType;
|
|
||||||
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
|
|
||||||
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
|
|
||||||
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
|
|
||||||
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
|
|
||||||
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
typedef struct
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Interface;
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_HID_t MouseHID;
|
|
||||||
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MouseEndpoint;
|
|
||||||
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Macros: */
|
|
||||||
/** Endpoint number of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
|
|
||||||
#define MOUSE_EPNUM 1
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
|
|
||||||
#define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
|
|
||||||
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
|
|
||||||
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
|
||||||
uint16_t USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
|
|
||||||
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
|
|
||||||
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
|
|
||||||
# The format is:
|
|
||||||
# TAG = value [value, ...]
|
|
||||||
# For lists items can also be appended using:
|
|
||||||
# TAG += value [value, ...]
|
|
||||||
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Project related configuration options
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
|
|
||||||
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
|
|
||||||
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
|
|
||||||
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
|
|
||||||
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
|
|
||||||
# by quotes) that should identify the project.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Device Demo (Via Endpoint Interrupts)"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
|
|
||||||
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
|
|
||||||
# if some version control system is used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
|
|
||||||
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
|
|
||||||
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
|
|
||||||
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
|
|
||||||
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
|
|
||||||
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
|
|
||||||
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
|
|
||||||
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
|
|
||||||
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
|
|
||||||
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
|
|
||||||
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
|
|
||||||
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
|
|
||||||
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
|
|
||||||
# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
|
|
||||||
# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish,
|
|
||||||
# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene,
|
|
||||||
# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
|
|
||||||
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
|
|
||||||
# Set to NO to disable this.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
|
|
||||||
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
|
|
||||||
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
|
|
||||||
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
|
|
||||||
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
|
|
||||||
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
|
|
||||||
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
|
|
||||||
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
|
|
||||||
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
|
|
||||||
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
|
|
||||||
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
|
|
||||||
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
|
|
||||||
"The $name widget" \
|
|
||||||
"The $name file" \
|
|
||||||
is \
|
|
||||||
provides \
|
|
||||||
specifies \
|
|
||||||
contains \
|
|
||||||
represents \
|
|
||||||
a \
|
|
||||||
an \
|
|
||||||
the
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
|
|
||||||
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
|
|
||||||
# description.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
|
|
||||||
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
|
|
||||||
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
|
|
||||||
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
|
|
||||||
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
|
|
||||||
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
|
|
||||||
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
|
|
||||||
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
|
|
||||||
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
|
|
||||||
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
|
|
||||||
# path to strip.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
|
|
||||||
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
|
|
||||||
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
|
|
||||||
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
|
|
||||||
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
|
|
||||||
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
|
|
||||||
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
|
|
||||||
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHORT_NAMES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
|
|
||||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
|
|
||||||
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
|
|
||||||
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
|
|
||||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
|
|
||||||
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
|
|
||||||
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
|
|
||||||
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
|
|
||||||
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
|
|
||||||
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
|
|
||||||
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
|
|
||||||
# re-implements.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
|
|
||||||
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
|
|
||||||
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
|
|
||||||
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
|
|
||||||
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
|
|
||||||
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
|
|
||||||
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
|
|
||||||
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
|
|
||||||
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ALIASES =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
|
|
||||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
|
|
||||||
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
|
|
||||||
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
|
|
||||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
|
||||||
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
|
|
||||||
# scopes will look different, etc.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
|
|
||||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
|
||||||
# Fortran.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
|
|
||||||
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
|
|
||||||
# VHDL.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
|
|
||||||
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
|
|
||||||
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
|
|
||||||
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
|
|
||||||
# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
|
|
||||||
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
|
|
||||||
# enable parsing support.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
|
|
||||||
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
|
|
||||||
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
|
|
||||||
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
|
|
||||||
# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
|
|
||||||
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
|
|
||||||
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
|
|
||||||
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
|
|
||||||
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
|
|
||||||
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
|
|
||||||
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
|
|
||||||
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
|
|
||||||
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
|
|
||||||
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
|
|
||||||
# the \nosubgrouping command.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
|
|
||||||
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
|
|
||||||
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
|
|
||||||
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
|
|
||||||
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
|
|
||||||
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
|
|
||||||
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
|
|
||||||
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
|
|
||||||
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
|
|
||||||
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
|
|
||||||
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
|
|
||||||
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
|
|
||||||
# causing a significant performance penality.
|
|
||||||
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
|
|
||||||
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
|
|
||||||
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
|
|
||||||
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
|
|
||||||
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
|
||||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Build related configuration options
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
|
|
||||||
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
|
|
||||||
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
|
|
||||||
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
|
|
||||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
|
|
||||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
|
|
||||||
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
|
|
||||||
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
|
|
||||||
# the interface are included in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
|
|
||||||
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
|
|
||||||
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
|
|
||||||
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
|
|
||||||
# anonymous namespace are hidden.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
|
||||||
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
|
|
||||||
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
|
|
||||||
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
|
||||||
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
|
|
||||||
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
|
||||||
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
|
|
||||||
# documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
|
|
||||||
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
|
|
||||||
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
|
|
||||||
# function's detailed documentation block.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
|
|
||||||
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
|
|
||||||
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
|
|
||||||
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
|
|
||||||
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
|
|
||||||
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
|
|
||||||
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
|
|
||||||
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
|
|
||||||
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
|
|
||||||
# of that file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
|
|
||||||
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
|
|
||||||
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
|
|
||||||
# declaration order.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
|
||||||
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
|
|
||||||
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
|
|
||||||
# declaration order.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
|
||||||
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
|
|
||||||
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
|
|
||||||
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
|
|
||||||
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
|
|
||||||
# not including the namespace part.
|
|
||||||
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
|
|
||||||
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
|
|
||||||
# alphabetical list.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
|
||||||
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
|
|
||||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
|
||||||
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
|
|
||||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
|
||||||
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
|
|
||||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
|
||||||
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
|
|
||||||
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
|
|
||||||
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
|
|
||||||
# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
|
|
||||||
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
|
|
||||||
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
|
|
||||||
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
|
|
||||||
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
|
|
||||||
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
|
|
||||||
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
|
|
||||||
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
|
|
||||||
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
|
|
||||||
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
|
|
||||||
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
|
|
||||||
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
|
|
||||||
# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
|
|
||||||
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
|
|
||||||
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
|
|
||||||
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
|
|
||||||
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
|
|
||||||
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
|
|
||||||
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
|
|
||||||
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
|
|
||||||
# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
|
|
||||||
# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
|
|
||||||
# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
|
|
||||||
# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
|
|
||||||
# of the layout file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
|
|
||||||
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QUIET = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
|
|
||||||
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
|
|
||||||
# NO is used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
|
|
||||||
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
|
|
||||||
# automatically be disabled.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
|
|
||||||
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
|
|
||||||
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
|
|
||||||
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
|
|
||||||
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
|
|
||||||
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
|
|
||||||
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
|
|
||||||
# documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
|
|
||||||
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
|
|
||||||
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
|
|
||||||
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
|
|
||||||
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
|
|
||||||
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
|
|
||||||
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
|
|
||||||
# to stderr.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the input files
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
|
|
||||||
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
|
|
||||||
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
|
|
||||||
# with spaces.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INPUT = ./
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
|
|
||||||
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
|
|
||||||
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
|
|
||||||
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
|
|
||||||
# the list of possible encodings.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
|
||||||
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
|
||||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
|
||||||
# blank the following patterns are tested:
|
|
||||||
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
|
|
||||||
# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
|
|
||||||
*.c \
|
|
||||||
*.txt
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
|
|
||||||
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
|
|
||||||
# If left blank NO is used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
RECURSIVE = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
|
|
||||||
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
|
|
||||||
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXCLUDE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
|
|
||||||
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
|
|
||||||
# from the input.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
|
||||||
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
|
|
||||||
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
|
|
||||||
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
|
|
||||||
# for example use the pattern */test/*
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = */LowLevel/USBMode.h
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
|
|
||||||
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
|
|
||||||
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
|
|
||||||
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
|
|
||||||
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __*
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
|
||||||
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
|
|
||||||
# the \include command).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
|
|
||||||
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
|
||||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
|
||||||
# blank all files are included.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
|
|
||||||
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
|
|
||||||
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
|
|
||||||
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
|
||||||
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
|
|
||||||
# the \image command).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
|
|
||||||
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
|
|
||||||
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
|
|
||||||
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
|
|
||||||
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
|
|
||||||
# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
|
|
||||||
# ignored.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
|
|
||||||
# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
|
|
||||||
# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
|
|
||||||
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
|
|
||||||
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
|
|
||||||
# is applied to all files.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
|
|
||||||
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
|
|
||||||
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to source browsing
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
|
|
||||||
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
|
|
||||||
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
|
|
||||||
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
|
|
||||||
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
|
|
||||||
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
|
|
||||||
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
|
||||||
# then for each documented function all documented
|
|
||||||
# functions referencing it will be listed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
|
||||||
# then for each documented function all documented entities
|
|
||||||
# called/used by that function will be listed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
|
|
||||||
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
|
|
||||||
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
|
|
||||||
# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
|
|
||||||
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
|
|
||||||
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
|
|
||||||
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
|
|
||||||
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
|
|
||||||
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
|
|
||||||
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
|
|
||||||
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
|
|
||||||
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
|
|
||||||
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
|
|
||||||
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
|
|
||||||
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
|
|
||||||
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the HTML output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate HTML output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_HTML = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
|
||||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
|
|
||||||
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
|
|
||||||
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
|
|
||||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
|
||||||
# standard header.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
|
|
||||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
|
||||||
# standard footer.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
|
|
||||||
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
|
|
||||||
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
|
|
||||||
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
|
|
||||||
# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
|
|
||||||
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
|
|
||||||
# NO a bullet list will be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
|
||||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
|
||||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
|
||||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
|
||||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
|
||||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
|
|
||||||
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
|
|
||||||
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
|
|
||||||
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
|
|
||||||
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
|
|
||||||
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
|
|
||||||
# it at startup.
|
|
||||||
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
|
|
||||||
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
|
|
||||||
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
|
|
||||||
# can be grouped.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
|
|
||||||
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
|
|
||||||
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will append .docset to the name.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
|
||||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
|
||||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
|
||||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
|
|
||||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
|
|
||||||
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
|
|
||||||
# written to the html output directory.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CHM_FILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
|
|
||||||
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
|
|
||||||
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
|
|
||||||
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
|
|
||||||
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
|
|
||||||
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
|
|
||||||
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
|
|
||||||
# content.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
|
|
||||||
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
|
|
||||||
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
|
|
||||||
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TOC_EXPAND = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
|
|
||||||
# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
|
|
||||||
# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
|
|
||||||
# HTML documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
|
|
||||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
|
|
||||||
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QCH_FILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
|
||||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
|
||||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
|
||||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
|
||||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
|
|
||||||
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
|
|
||||||
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
|
|
||||||
# .qhp file .
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
|
|
||||||
# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
|
|
||||||
# the value YES disables it.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
|
|
||||||
# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
|
|
||||||
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
|
|
||||||
# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated
|
|
||||||
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
|
||||||
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
|
|
||||||
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+,
|
|
||||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are
|
|
||||||
# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values
|
|
||||||
# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,
|
|
||||||
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;
|
|
||||||
# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which
|
|
||||||
# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous
|
|
||||||
# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE
|
|
||||||
# respectively.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
|
|
||||||
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
|
|
||||||
# is shown.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
|
|
||||||
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
|
|
||||||
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
|
|
||||||
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
|
|
||||||
# to force them to be regenerated.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate Latex output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
|
||||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
|
|
||||||
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
|
|
||||||
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
|
|
||||||
# default command name.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
|
||||||
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
|
||||||
# save some trees in general.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
|
|
||||||
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
|
|
||||||
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
|
|
||||||
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
|
|
||||||
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
|
|
||||||
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
|
||||||
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
|
|
||||||
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
|
|
||||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
|
|
||||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
|
|
||||||
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
|
|
||||||
# higher quality PDF documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
|
|
||||||
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
|
|
||||||
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
|
|
||||||
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
|
|
||||||
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
|
|
||||||
# in the output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the RTF output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
|
|
||||||
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
|
|
||||||
# other RTF readers or editors.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
|
||||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
|
||||||
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
|
||||||
# save some trees in general.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
|
|
||||||
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
|
|
||||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
|
|
||||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
|
|
||||||
# programs which support those fields.
|
|
||||||
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
|
|
||||||
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
|
|
||||||
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
|
|
||||||
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the man page output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate man pages
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_MAN = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
|
||||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAN_OUTPUT = man
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
|
|
||||||
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
|
|
||||||
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
|
|
||||||
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
|
|
||||||
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
|
|
||||||
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the XML output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
|
|
||||||
# the code including all documentation.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
|
|
||||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
|
||||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
|
|
||||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
|
||||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
XML_SCHEMA =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
|
|
||||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
|
||||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
XML_DTD =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
|
|
||||||
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
|
|
||||||
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
|
|
||||||
# that captures the structure of the code including all
|
|
||||||
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
|
|
||||||
# and incomplete at the moment.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
|
|
||||||
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
|
|
||||||
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
|
|
||||||
# moment.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
|
|
||||||
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
|
|
||||||
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
|
|
||||||
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
|
|
||||||
# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
|
|
||||||
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
|
|
||||||
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
|
|
||||||
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
|
|
||||||
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
|
|
||||||
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
|
|
||||||
# files.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
|
|
||||||
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
|
|
||||||
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
|
|
||||||
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
|
|
||||||
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
|
|
||||||
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
|
|
||||||
# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
|
||||||
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
|
|
||||||
# the preprocessor.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INCLUDE_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
|
|
||||||
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
|
|
||||||
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
|
|
||||||
# be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
|
|
||||||
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
|
|
||||||
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
|
|
||||||
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
|
|
||||||
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
|
|
||||||
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
|
|
||||||
# instead of the = operator.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
|
|
||||||
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
|
|
||||||
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
|
|
||||||
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED = BUTTLOADTAG
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
|
|
||||||
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
|
|
||||||
# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
|
|
||||||
# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
|
|
||||||
# the parser if not removed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Configuration::additions related to external references
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
|
|
||||||
# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
|
|
||||||
# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
|
|
||||||
# this location is as follows:
|
|
||||||
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
|
|
||||||
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
|
|
||||||
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
|
|
||||||
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
|
|
||||||
# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
|
|
||||||
# does not have to be run to correct the links.
|
|
||||||
# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
|
|
||||||
# (where the name does NOT include the path)
|
|
||||||
# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
|
|
||||||
# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TAGFILES =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
|
|
||||||
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
|
|
||||||
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
|
|
||||||
# will be listed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
|
|
||||||
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
|
|
||||||
# be listed.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
|
|
||||||
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
|
|
||||||
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
|
|
||||||
# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
|
|
||||||
# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
|
|
||||||
# powerful graphs.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
|
|
||||||
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
|
|
||||||
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
|
|
||||||
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
|
|
||||||
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
|
|
||||||
# default search path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MSCGEN_PATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
|
|
||||||
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
|
|
||||||
# or is not a class.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
|
|
||||||
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
|
|
||||||
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
|
|
||||||
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
|
|
||||||
# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
|
|
||||||
# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
|
|
||||||
# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
|
|
||||||
# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
|
|
||||||
# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
|
|
||||||
# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
|
|
||||||
# containing the font.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
|
|
||||||
# The default size is 10pt.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
|
|
||||||
# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
|
|
||||||
# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
|
|
||||||
# can find it using this tag.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
|
||||||
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
|
|
||||||
# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
|
||||||
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
|
|
||||||
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
|
|
||||||
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
|
|
||||||
# Language.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
|
|
||||||
# relations between templates and their instances.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
|
|
||||||
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
|
|
||||||
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
|
|
||||||
# other documented files.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
|
|
||||||
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
|
|
||||||
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
|
|
||||||
# indirectly include this file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
|
|
||||||
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
|
|
||||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
|
||||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
|
|
||||||
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
|
|
||||||
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
|
|
||||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
|
||||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
|
|
||||||
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
|
||||||
# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
|
|
||||||
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
|
|
||||||
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
|
|
||||||
# relations between the files in the directories.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
|
|
||||||
# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
|
|
||||||
# If left blank png will be used.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
|
|
||||||
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_PATH = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
|
||||||
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
|
|
||||||
# \dotfile command).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
|
||||||
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
|
|
||||||
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
|
|
||||||
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
|
|
||||||
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
|
|
||||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
|
|
||||||
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
|
|
||||||
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
|
|
||||||
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
|
|
||||||
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
|
|
||||||
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
|
|
||||||
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
|
|
||||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
|
|
||||||
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
|
|
||||||
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
|
|
||||||
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
|
|
||||||
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
|
|
||||||
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
|
|
||||||
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
|
|
||||||
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
|
|
||||||
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
|
||||||
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
|
|
||||||
# the various graphs.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# Configuration::additions related to the search engine
|
|
||||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be
|
|
||||||
# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
|
@ -1 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
<AVRStudio><MANAGEMENT><ProjectName>MouseViaInt</ProjectName><Created>30-Sep-2008 14:16:28</Created><LastEdit>30-Sep-2008 14:16:44</LastEdit><ICON>241</ICON><ProjectType>0</ProjectType><Created>30-Sep-2008 14:16:28</Created><Version>4</Version><Build>4, 14, 0, 589</Build><ProjectTypeName>AVR GCC</ProjectTypeName></MANAGEMENT><CODE_CREATION><ObjectFile></ObjectFile><EntryFile></EntryFile><SaveFolder>C:\Users\Dean\Documents\Electronics\Projects\WORK\MyUSBWORK\Demos\MouseViaInt\</SaveFolder></CODE_CREATION><DEBUG_TARGET><CURRENT_TARGET>JTAGICE mkII</CURRENT_TARGET><CURRENT_PART>AT90USB1287.xml</CURRENT_PART><BREAKPOINTS></BREAKPOINTS><IO_EXPAND><HIDE>false</HIDE></IO_EXPAND><REGISTERNAMES><Register>R00</Register><Register>R01</Register><Register>R02</Register><Register>R03</Register><Register>R04</Register><Register>R05</Register><Register>R06</Register><Register>R07</Register><Register>R08</Register><Register>R09</Register><Register>R10</Register><Register>R11</Register><Register>R12</Register><Register>R13</Register><Register>R14</Register><Register>R15</Register><Register>R16</Register><Register>R17</Register><Register>R18</Register><Register>R19</Register><Register>R20</Register><Register>R21</Register><Register>R22</Register><Register>R23</Register><Register>R24</Register><Register>R25</Register><Register>R26</Register><Register>R27</Register><Register>R28</Register><Register>R29</Register><Register>R30</Register><Register>R31</Register></REGISTERNAMES><COM>Auto</COM><COMType>0</COMType><WATCHNUM>0</WATCHNUM><WATCHNAMES><Pane0></Pane0><Pane1></Pane1><Pane2></Pane2><Pane3></Pane3></WATCHNAMES><BreakOnTrcaeFull>0</BreakOnTrcaeFull></DEBUG_TARGET><Debugger><Triggers></Triggers></Debugger><AVRGCCPLUGIN><FILES><SOURCEFILE>Descriptors.c</SOURCEFILE><SOURCEFILE>MouseViaInt.c</SOURCEFILE><HEADERFILE>Descriptors.h</HEADERFILE><HEADERFILE>MouseViaInt.h</HEADERFILE><OTHERFILE>makefile</OTHERFILE></FILES><CONFIGS><CONFIG><NAME>default</NAME><USESEXTERNALMAKEFILE>YES</USESEXTERNALMAKEFILE><EXTERNALMAKEFILE>makefile</EXTERNALMAKEFILE><PART>at90usb1287</PART><HEX>1</HEX><LIST>1</LIST><MAP>1</MAP><OUTPUTFILENAME>MouseViaInt.elf</OUTPUTFILENAME><OUTPUTDIR>default\</OUTPUTDIR><ISDIRTY>1</ISDIRTY><OPTIONS/><INCDIRS/><LIBDIRS/><LIBS/><LINKOBJECTS/><OPTIONSFORALL>-Wall -gdwarf-2 -std=gnu99 -Os -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -fpack-struct -fshort-enums</OPTIONSFORALL><LINKEROPTIONS></LINKEROPTIONS><SEGMENTS/></CONFIG></CONFIGS><LASTCONFIG>default</LASTCONFIG><USES_WINAVR>1</USES_WINAVR><GCC_LOC>C:\WinAVR-20080512\bin\avr-gcc.exe</GCC_LOC><MAKE_LOC>C:\WinAVR-20080512\utils\bin\make.exe</MAKE_LOC></AVRGCCPLUGIN><IOView><usergroups/><sort sorted="0" column="0" ordername="0" orderaddress="0" ordergroup="0"/></IOView><Files></Files><Events><Bookmarks></Bookmarks></Events><Trace><Filters></Filters></Trace></AVRStudio>
|
|
@ -1,399 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
LUFA Library
|
|
||||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
|
||||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
|
||||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
|
||||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
|
||||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
|
||||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
|
||||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
|
||||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
|
||||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
|
||||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
|
||||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
|
||||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
|
||||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
|
||||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
|
||||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
|
||||||
this software.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** \file
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* Main source file for the MouseViaInt demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
|
|
||||||
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "MouseViaInt.h"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Project Tags, for reading out using the ButtLoad project */
|
|
||||||
BUTTLOADTAG(ProjName, "LUFA MouseI App");
|
|
||||||
BUTTLOADTAG(BuildTime, __TIME__);
|
|
||||||
BUTTLOADTAG(BuildDate, __DATE__);
|
|
||||||
BUTTLOADTAG(LUFAVersion, "LUFA V" LUFA_VERSION_STRING);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Scheduler Task List */
|
|
||||||
TASK_LIST
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
{ Task: USB_USBTask , TaskStatus: TASK_STOP },
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Global Variables */
|
|
||||||
/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, false for special boot
|
|
||||||
* protocol reporting mode.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
|
|
||||||
* for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user moves the mouse).
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
uint8_t IdleCount = 0;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
|
|
||||||
* milliseconds. This is seperate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
|
|
||||||
* the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
|
|
||||||
* starts the scheduler to run the USB management task.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
int main(void)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
|
|
||||||
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
|
|
||||||
wdt_disable();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Disable clock division */
|
|
||||||
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Hardware Initialization */
|
|
||||||
Joystick_Init();
|
|
||||||
LEDs_Init();
|
|
||||||
HWB_Init();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Millisecond timer initialization, with output compare interrupt enabled for the idle timing */
|
|
||||||
OCR0A = 0x7D;
|
|
||||||
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01);
|
|
||||||
TCCR0B = ((1 << CS01) | (1 << CS00));
|
|
||||||
TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Indicate USB not ready */
|
|
||||||
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */
|
|
||||||
Scheduler_Init();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Initialize USB Subsystem */
|
|
||||||
USB_Init();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */
|
|
||||||
Scheduler_Start();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
|
|
||||||
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
EVENT_HANDLER(USB_Connect)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Start USB management task */
|
|
||||||
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
|
|
||||||
UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Default to report protocol on connect */
|
|
||||||
UsingReportProtocol = true;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
|
|
||||||
* the status LEDs and stops the USB management task.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
EVENT_HANDLER(USB_Disconnect)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Stop running mouse reporting and USB management tasks */
|
|
||||||
Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Indicate USB not ready */
|
|
||||||
UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
|
|
||||||
* of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the mouse device endpoints.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
EVENT_HANDLER(USB_ConfigurationChanged)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Setup Mouse Report Endpoint */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
|
|
||||||
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, MOUSE_EPSIZE,
|
|
||||||
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Enable the endpoint IN interrupt ISR for the report endpoint */
|
|
||||||
USB_INT_Enable(ENDPOINT_INT_IN);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
|
|
||||||
UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
|
|
||||||
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
|
|
||||||
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
EVENT_HANDLER(USB_UnhandledControlPacket)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
|
|
||||||
switch (bRequest)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
case REQ_GetReport:
|
|
||||||
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
|
|
||||||
GetNextReport(&MouseReportData);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Ignore report type and ID number value */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Discard_Word();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Ignore unused Interface number value */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Discard_Word();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Read in the number of bytes in the report to send to the host */
|
|
||||||
uint16_t wLength = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* If trying to send more bytes than exist to the host, clamp the value at the report size */
|
|
||||||
if (wLength > sizeof(MouseReportData))
|
|
||||||
wLength = sizeof(MouseReportData);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, wLength);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
|
|
||||||
memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case REQ_GetProtocol:
|
|
||||||
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Write_Byte(UsingReportProtocol);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Send the flag to the host */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Acknowledge status stage */
|
|
||||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()));
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case REQ_SetProtocol:
|
|
||||||
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Read in the wValue parameter containing the new protocol mode */
|
|
||||||
uint16_t wValue = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
|
|
||||||
UsingReportProtocol = (wValue != 0x0000);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Acknowledge status stage */
|
|
||||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case REQ_SetIdle:
|
|
||||||
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Read in the wValue parameter containing the idle period */
|
|
||||||
uint16_t wValue = Endpoint_Read_Word_LE();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Get idle period in MSB */
|
|
||||||
IdleCount = (wValue >> 8);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Acknowledge status stage */
|
|
||||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupINReady()));
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case REQ_GetIdle:
|
|
||||||
if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Write the current idle duration to the host */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Write_Byte(IdleCount);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Send the flag to the host */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupIN();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Acknowledge status stage */
|
|
||||||
while (!(Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived()));
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearSetupOUT();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** ISR for the timer 0 compare vector. This ISR fires once each millisecond, and increments the
|
|
||||||
* scheduler elapsed idle period counter when the host has set an idle period.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
|
|
||||||
if (IdleMSRemaining)
|
|
||||||
IdleMSRemaining--;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* \param ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* \return Boolean true if the new report differs from the last report, false otherwise
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
bool GetNextReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* ReportData)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
static uint8_t PrevJoyStatus = 0;
|
|
||||||
static bool PrevHWBStatus = false;
|
|
||||||
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
|
|
||||||
bool InputChanged = false;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Clear the report contents */
|
|
||||||
memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t));
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
|
|
||||||
ReportData->Y = -1;
|
|
||||||
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
|
|
||||||
ReportData->Y = 1;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
|
|
||||||
ReportData->X = 1;
|
|
||||||
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
|
|
||||||
ReportData->X = -1;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
|
|
||||||
ReportData->Button = (1 << 0);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (HWB_GetStatus())
|
|
||||||
ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Check if the new report is different to the previous report */
|
|
||||||
InputChanged = ((uint8_t)(PrevJoyStatus ^ JoyStatus_LCL) | (uint8_t)(HWB_GetStatus() ^ PrevHWBStatus));
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Save the current joystick and HWB status for later comparison */
|
|
||||||
PrevJoyStatus = JoyStatus_LCL;
|
|
||||||
PrevHWBStatus = HWB_GetStatus();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Return whether the new report is different to the previous report or not */
|
|
||||||
return InputChanged;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to
|
|
||||||
* log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* \param CurrentStatus Current status of the system, from the MouseViaInt_StatusCodes_t enum
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */
|
|
||||||
switch (CurrentStatus)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
case Status_USBNotReady:
|
|
||||||
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case Status_USBEnumerating:
|
|
||||||
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
case Status_USBReady:
|
|
||||||
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4);
|
|
||||||
break;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */
|
|
||||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** ISR for the general Pipe/Endpoint interrupt vector. This ISR fires when an endpoint's status changes (such as
|
|
||||||
* a packet has been received) on an endpoint with its corresponding ISR enabling bits set. This is used to send
|
|
||||||
* HID packets to the host each time the HID interrupt endpoints polling period elapses, as managed by the USB
|
|
||||||
* controller.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
ISR(ENDPOINT_PIPE_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Save previously selected endpoint before selecting a new endpoint */
|
|
||||||
uint8_t PrevSelectedEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Check if mouse endpoint has interrupted */
|
|
||||||
if (Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(MOUSE_EPNUM))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
|
|
||||||
bool SendReport = true;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_EPNUM);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Clear the endpoint IN interrupt flag */
|
|
||||||
USB_INT_Clear(ENDPOINT_INT_IN);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Clear the Mouse Report endpoint interrupt and select the endpoint */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearEndpointInterrupt(MOUSE_EPNUM);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
|
|
||||||
GetNextReport(&MouseReportData);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Check if the idle period is set*/
|
|
||||||
if (IdleCount)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Determine if the idle period has elapsed */
|
|
||||||
if (!(IdleMSRemaining))
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Reset the idle time remaining counter, must multiply by 4 to get the duration in milliseconds */
|
|
||||||
IdleMSRemaining = (IdleCount << 2);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
else
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Idle period not elapsed, indicate that a report must not be sent */
|
|
||||||
SendReport = false;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Check to see if a report should be issued */
|
|
||||||
if (SendReport)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/* Write Mouse Report Data */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData));
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank();
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Restore previously selected endpoint */
|
|
||||||
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevSelectedEndpoint);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
LUFA Library
|
|
||||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
|
||||||
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
Copyright 2009 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
|
|
||||||
and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby
|
|
||||||
granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
|
|
||||||
copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
|
||||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
|
||||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
|
||||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
|
||||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
|
||||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
|
||||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
|
||||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
|
||||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
|
||||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
|
||||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
|
||||||
this software.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** \file
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* Header file for MouseViaInt.c.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
|
|
||||||
#define _MOUSE_H_
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Includes: */
|
|
||||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
|
||||||
#include <avr/wdt.h>
|
|
||||||
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
|
|
||||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
|
||||||
#include <stdbool.h>
|
|
||||||
#include <string.h>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include "Descriptors.h"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Version.h> // Library Version Information
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Common/ButtLoadTag.h> // PROGMEM tags readable by the ButtLoad project
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h> // USB Functionality
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h> // Joystick driver
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h> // LEDs driver
|
|
||||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/HWB.h> // Hardware Button driver
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Macros: */
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to get the idle timeout period of the device. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_GetIdle 0x02
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to send the next HID report to the device. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to set the idle timeout period of the device. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_SetIdle 0x0A
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to get the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_GetProtocol 0x03
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** HID Class specific request to set the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
|
|
||||||
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
|
||||||
/** Type define for the mouse HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
|
|
||||||
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
typedef struct
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed mouse buttons */
|
|
||||||
int8_t X; /**< Current mouse delta X movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
|
|
||||||
int8_t Y; /**< Current mouse delta Y movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
|
|
||||||
} USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Enums: */
|
|
||||||
/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */
|
|
||||||
enum MouseViaInt_StatusCodes_t
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
Status_USBNotReady = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB host) */
|
|
||||||
Status_USBEnumerating = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */
|
|
||||||
Status_USBReady = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */
|
|
||||||
};
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Event Handlers: */
|
|
||||||
/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_Connect event when thrown by the library. */
|
|
||||||
HANDLES_EVENT(USB_Connect);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_Disconnect event when thrown by the library. */
|
|
||||||
HANDLES_EVENT(USB_Disconnect);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_ConfigurationChanged event when thrown by the library. */
|
|
||||||
HANDLES_EVENT(USB_ConfigurationChanged);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** Indicates that this module will catch the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event when thrown by the library. */
|
|
||||||
HANDLES_EVENT(USB_UnhandledControlPacket);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
|
||||||
bool GetNextReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* ReportData);
|
|
||||||
void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#endif
|
|
@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
/** \file
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
|
|
||||||
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/** \mainpage Partially Interrupt Driven Mouse Device Demo
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* Mouse demonstration application, using endpoint interrupts for the
|
|
||||||
* exchange of data to the USB host. This gives a simple reference
|
|
||||||
* application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID
|
|
||||||
* drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is
|
|
||||||
* boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if
|
|
||||||
* it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* On startup the system will automatically enumerate and function
|
|
||||||
* as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
|
|
||||||
* the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
|
|
||||||
* joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
|
|
||||||
* the right mouse button.
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* <table>
|
|
||||||
* <tr>
|
|
||||||
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
|
|
||||||
* <td>Device</td>
|
|
||||||
* </tr>
|
|
||||||
* <tr>
|
|
||||||
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
|
|
||||||
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
|
|
||||||
* </tr>
|
|
||||||
* <tr>
|
|
||||||
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
|
|
||||||
* <td>N/A</td>
|
|
||||||
* </tr>
|
|
||||||
* <tr>
|
|
||||||
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
|
|
||||||
* <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
|
|
||||||
* </tr>
|
|
||||||
* <tr>
|
|
||||||
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
|
|
||||||
* <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
|
|
||||||
* </tr>
|
|
||||||
* </table>
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
@ -1,725 +0,0 @@
|
|||||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
|
||||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
|
||||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
|
||||||
# Peter Fleury
|
|
||||||
# Tim Henigan
|
|
||||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
|
||||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
|
||||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
|
||||||
# Sander Pool
|
|
||||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
|
||||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
|
||||||
# Dean Camera
|
|
||||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
|
||||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
# On command line:
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make all = Make software.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
|
||||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
|
||||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
|
||||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
|
||||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
|
||||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
|
||||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
|
||||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
|
||||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
|
||||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# MCU name
|
|
||||||
MCU = at90usb1287
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Target board (see library BoardTypes.h documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring
|
|
||||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
|
||||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
|
||||||
BOARD = USBKEY
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Processor frequency.
|
|
||||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
|
||||||
# processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
|
||||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
|
||||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
|
||||||
# Typical values are:
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 1000000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 1843200
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 2000000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 3686400
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 4000000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 7372800
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 8000000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 11059200
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 14745600
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 16000000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 18432000
|
|
||||||
# F_CPU = 20000000
|
|
||||||
F_CPU = 8000000
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
|
||||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the
|
|
||||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may
|
|
||||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
|
||||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
|
||||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
|
||||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
|
||||||
# source code.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
|
||||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
|
||||||
F_CLOCK = 8000000
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
|
||||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
|
||||||
TARGET = MouseViaInt
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Object files directory
|
|
||||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
|
||||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
|
||||||
OBJDIR = .
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
|
||||||
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
|
|
||||||
Descriptors.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c \
|
|
||||||
../../LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/StdDescriptors.c \
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
|
||||||
CPPSRC =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
|
||||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
|
||||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
|
||||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
|
||||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
|
||||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
|
||||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
|
||||||
ASRC =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
|
||||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
|
||||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
|
||||||
OPT = s
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Debugging format.
|
|
||||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
|
||||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
|
||||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
|
||||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
|
||||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
|
||||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
|
||||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
|
||||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = ../../
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
|
||||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
|
||||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
|
||||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
|
||||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
|
||||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
|
||||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
|
||||||
CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_DEVICE_ONLY
|
|
||||||
CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
|
||||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
|
||||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
|
||||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
|
||||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
|
||||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
|
||||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
|
||||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
|
||||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
|
||||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
|
||||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
|
||||||
#CFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
|
||||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
|
||||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
|
||||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
|
||||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
|
||||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
|
||||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
|
||||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
|
||||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
|
||||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
|
||||||
CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
|
||||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
|
||||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
|
||||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
|
||||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
|
||||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
|
||||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
|
||||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
|
||||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
|
||||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
|
||||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
|
||||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
|
||||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
|
||||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
|
||||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
|
||||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
|
||||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
|
||||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
|
||||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
|
||||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
|
||||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
|
||||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
|
||||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
|
||||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
|
||||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
|
||||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
|
||||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
|
||||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
|
||||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
|
||||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
|
||||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
|
||||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
|
||||||
# -Map: create map file
|
|
||||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
|
||||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
|
||||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd
|
|
||||||
# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
|
||||||
# to get a full listing.
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
|
||||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
|
||||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
|
||||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
|
||||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
|
||||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
|
||||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
|
||||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
|
||||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
|
||||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
|
||||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
|
||||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
|
||||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
|
||||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
|
||||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
|
||||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
|
||||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
|
||||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
|
||||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
|
||||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#============================================================================
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
|
||||||
SHELL = sh
|
|
||||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
|
||||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
|
||||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
|
||||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
|
||||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
|
||||||
NM = avr-nm
|
|
||||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
|
||||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
|
||||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
|
||||||
COPY = cp
|
|
||||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Define Messages
|
|
||||||
# English
|
|
||||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
|
||||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
|
||||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
|
||||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
|
||||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
|
||||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
|
||||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
|
||||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
|
||||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
|
||||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
|
||||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
|
||||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
|
||||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
|
||||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
|
||||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
|
||||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
|
||||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Define all object files.
|
|
||||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Define all listing files.
|
|
||||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
|
||||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
|
||||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
|
||||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
|
||||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
|
||||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Default target.
|
|
||||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
|
||||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
|
||||||
#build: lib
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
|
||||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
|
||||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
|
||||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Eye candy.
|
|
||||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
|
||||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
|
||||||
begin:
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
end:
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Display size of file.
|
|
||||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
|
||||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
sizebefore:
|
|
||||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
|
||||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
sizeafter:
|
|
||||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
|
||||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
checkhooks: build
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------
|
|
||||||
@$(shell) (grep -s '^Event.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \
|
|
||||||
cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \
|
|
||||||
echo "(None)"
|
|
||||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
checklibmode:
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------
|
|
||||||
@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \
|
|
||||||
| grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \
|
|
||||||
|| echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."
|
|
||||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
checkboard:
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------
|
|
||||||
@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).
|
|
||||||
@echo ------------------------------------
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
|
||||||
gccversion :
|
|
||||||
@$(CC) --version
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Program the device.
|
|
||||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
|
||||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
|
||||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
|
||||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
|
||||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
|
||||||
gdb-config:
|
|
||||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
|
||||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
endif
|
|
||||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
|
||||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
|
||||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
|
||||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
|
||||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
else
|
|
||||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
|
||||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
|
||||||
endif
|
|
||||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
|
||||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
|
||||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
|
||||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
|
||||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
|
||||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
|
||||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
|
||||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
|
||||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
|
||||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
|
||||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
|
||||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
|
||||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
|
||||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
|
||||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
|
||||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create library from object files.
|
|
||||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
|
||||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
|
||||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
|
||||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
|
||||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
|
||||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
|
||||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
|
||||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
|
||||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
|
||||||
%.s : %.c
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
|
||||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
|
||||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
|
||||||
@echo
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
|
||||||
%.i : %.c
|
|
||||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Target: clean project.
|
|
||||||
clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
clean_binary:
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
clean_list:
|
|
||||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
|
||||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
doxygen:
|
|
||||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation...
|
|
||||||
@doxygen Doxygen.conf
|
|
||||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
clean_doxygen:
|
|
||||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Create object files directory
|
|
||||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
|
||||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
|
||||||
.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard \
|
|
||||||
begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
|
||||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean \
|
|
||||||
clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config \
|
|
||||||
doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
|
|
Loading…
Reference in new issue